2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*-
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1998 Berkeley Software Design, Inc. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
|
|
|
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
|
|
|
* are met:
|
|
|
|
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
|
|
|
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
|
|
|
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
|
|
|
* 3. Berkeley Software Design Inc's name may not be used to endorse or
|
|
|
|
* promote products derived from this software without specific prior
|
|
|
|
* written permission.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY BERKELEY SOFTWARE DESIGN INC ``AS IS'' AND
|
|
|
|
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
|
|
|
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
|
|
|
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL BERKELEY SOFTWARE DESIGN INC BE LIABLE
|
|
|
|
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
|
|
|
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
|
|
|
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
|
|
|
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
|
|
|
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
|
|
|
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
|
|
|
* SUCH DAMAGE.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* from BSDI $Id: mutex_witness.c,v 1.1.2.20 2000/04/27 03:10:27 cp Exp $
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
* and BSDI $Id: synch_machdep.c,v 2.3.2.39 2000/04/27 03:10:25 cp Exp $
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
* $FreeBSD$
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Machine independent bits of mutex implementation and implementation of
|
|
|
|
* `witness' structure & related debugging routines.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Main Entry: witness
|
|
|
|
* Pronunciation: 'wit-n&s
|
|
|
|
* Function: noun
|
|
|
|
* Etymology: Middle English witnesse, from Old English witnes knowledge,
|
|
|
|
* testimony, witness, from 2wit
|
|
|
|
* Date: before 12th century
|
|
|
|
* 1 : attestation of a fact or event : TESTIMONY
|
|
|
|
* 2 : one that gives evidence; specifically : one who testifies in
|
|
|
|
* a cause or before a judicial tribunal
|
|
|
|
* 3 : one asked to be present at a transaction so as to be able to
|
|
|
|
* testify to its having taken place
|
|
|
|
* 4 : one who has personal knowledge of something
|
|
|
|
* 5 a : something serving as evidence or proof : SIGN
|
|
|
|
* b : public affirmation by word or example of usually
|
|
|
|
* religious faith or conviction <the heroic witness to divine
|
|
|
|
* life -- Pilot>
|
|
|
|
* 6 capitalized : a member of the Jehovah's Witnesses
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-15 22:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_ddb.h"
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_witness.h"
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/param.h>
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/bus.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/kernel.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/malloc.h>
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/proc.h>
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/systm.h>
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/vmmeter.h>
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/ktr.h>
|
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <machine/atomic.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <machine/bus.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <machine/clock.h>
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <machine/cpu.h>
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-11-15 22:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <ddb/ddb.h>
|
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <vm/vm.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <vm/vm_extern.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/mutex.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* The WITNESS-enabled mutex debug structure.
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2000-12-01 00:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mtx_debug {
|
|
|
|
struct witness *mtxd_witness;
|
|
|
|
LIST_ENTRY(mtx) mtxd_held;
|
|
|
|
const char *mtxd_file;
|
|
|
|
int mtxd_line;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
#define mtx_held mtx_debug->mtxd_held
|
|
|
|
#define mtx_file mtx_debug->mtxd_file
|
|
|
|
#define mtx_line mtx_debug->mtxd_line
|
|
|
|
#define mtx_witness mtx_debug->mtxd_witness
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif /* WITNESS */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* Internal utility macros.
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#define mtx_unowned(m) ((m)->mtx_lock == MTX_UNOWNED)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#define mtx_owner(m) (mtx_unowned((m)) ? NULL \
|
|
|
|
: (struct proc *)((m)->mtx_lock & MTX_FLAGMASK))
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#define RETIP(x) *(((uintptr_t *)(&x)) - 1)
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
#define SET_PRIO(p, pri) (p)->p_pri.pri_level = (pri)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* Early WITNESS-enabled declarations.
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* Internal WITNESS routines which must be prototyped early.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXX: When/if witness code is cleaned up, it would be wise to place all
|
|
|
|
* witness prototyping early in this file.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void witness_init(struct mtx *, int flag);
|
|
|
|
static void witness_destroy(struct mtx *);
|
|
|
|
static void witness_display(void(*)(const char *fmt, ...));
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_WITNESS, "witness", "witness mtx_debug structure");
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* All mutexes in system (used for debug/panic) */
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct mtx_debug all_mtx_debug = { NULL, {NULL, NULL}, NULL, 0 };
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* This global is set to 0 once it becomes safe to use the witness code.
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int witness_cold = 1;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-12-01 00:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#else /* WITNESS */
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/* XXX XXX XXX
|
|
|
|
* flag++ is sleazoid way of shuting up warning
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define witness_init(m, flag) flag++
|
|
|
|
#define witness_destroy(m)
|
|
|
|
#define witness_try_enter(m, t, f, l)
|
2000-12-01 00:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif /* WITNESS */
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* All mutex locks in system are kept on the all_mtx list.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct mtx all_mtx = { MTX_UNOWNED, 0, 0, 0, "All mutexes queue head",
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(all_mtx.mtx_blocked),
|
|
|
|
{ NULL, NULL }, &all_mtx, &all_mtx,
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
|
|
|
&all_mtx_debug
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
NULL
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Global variables for book keeping.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
static int mtx_cur_cnt;
|
|
|
|
static int mtx_max_cnt;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Couple of strings for KTR_LOCK tracing in order to avoid duplicates.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
char STR_mtx_lock_slp[] = "GOT (sleep) %s [%p] r=%d at %s:%d";
|
|
|
|
char STR_mtx_unlock_slp[] = "REL (sleep) %s [%p] r=%d at %s:%d";
|
|
|
|
char STR_mtx_lock_spn[] = "GOT (spin) %s [%p] r=%d at %s:%d";
|
|
|
|
char STR_mtx_unlock_spn[] = "REL (spin) %s [%p] r=%d at %s:%d";
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Prototypes for non-exported routines.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: Prototypes for witness routines are placed at the bottom of the file.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
static void propagate_priority(struct proc *);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
propagate_priority(struct proc *p)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
int pri = p->p_pri.pri_level;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mtx *m = p->p_blocked;
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_assert(&sched_lock, MA_OWNED);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
|
|
struct proc *p1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p = mtx_owner(m);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (p == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This really isn't quite right. Really
|
|
|
|
* ought to bump priority of process that
|
|
|
|
* next acquires the mutex.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
MPASS(m->mtx_lock == MTX_CONTESTED);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(p->p_magic == P_MAGIC);
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(p->p_stat != SSLEEP, ("sleeping process owns a mutex"));
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (p->p_pri.pri_level <= pri)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Bump this process' priority.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
SET_PRIO(p, pri);
|
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If lock holder is actually running, just bump priority.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-02-22 02:12:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (p->p_oncpu != NOCPU) {
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(p->p_stat == SRUN || p->p_stat == SZOMB);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If on run queue move to new run queue, and
|
|
|
|
* quit.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (p->p_stat == SRUN) {
|
|
|
|
MPASS(p->p_blocked == NULL);
|
|
|
|
remrunqueue(p);
|
|
|
|
setrunqueue(p);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
* If we aren't blocked on a mutex, we should be.
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(p->p_stat == SMTX, (
|
|
|
|
"process %d(%s):%d holds %s but isn't blocked on a mutex\n",
|
|
|
|
p->p_pid, p->p_comm, p->p_stat,
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description));
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Pick up the mutex that p is blocked on.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
m = p->p_blocked;
|
|
|
|
MPASS(m != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Check if the proc needs to be moved up on
|
|
|
|
* the blocked chain
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
if (p == TAILQ_FIRST(&m->mtx_blocked)) {
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
p1 = TAILQ_PREV(p, procqueue, p_procq);
|
|
|
|
if (p1->p_pri.pri_level <= pri) {
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
* Remove proc from blocked chain and determine where
|
|
|
|
* it should be moved up to. Since we know that p1 has
|
|
|
|
* a lower priority than p, we know that at least one
|
|
|
|
* process in the chain has a lower priority and that
|
|
|
|
* p1 will thus not be NULL after the loop.
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&m->mtx_blocked, p, p_procq);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(p1, &m->mtx_blocked, p_procq) {
|
|
|
|
MPASS(p1->p_magic == P_MAGIC);
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (p1->p_pri.pri_level > pri)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(p1 != NULL);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(p1, p, p_procq);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR4(KTR_LOCK,
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
"propagate_priority: p %p moved before %p on [%p] %s",
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
p, p1, m, m->mtx_description);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* The important part of mtx_trylock{,_flags}()
|
|
|
|
* Tries to acquire lock `m.' We do NOT handle recursion here; we assume that
|
|
|
|
* if we're called, it's because we know we don't already own this lock.
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
_mtx_trylock(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
int rval;
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(curproc != NULL);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* _mtx_trylock does not accept MTX_NOSWITCH option.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT((opts & MTX_NOSWITCH) == 0,
|
|
|
|
("mtx_trylock() called with invalid option flag(s) %d", opts));
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
rval = _obtain_lock(m, curproc);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rval && m->mtx_witness != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We do not handle recursion in _mtx_trylock; see the
|
|
|
|
* note at the top of the routine.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(!mtx_recursed(m),
|
|
|
|
("mtx_trylock() called on a recursed mutex"));
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_try_enter(m, (opts | m->mtx_flags), file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* WITNESS */
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR5(KTR_LOCK, "TRY_ENTER %s [%p] result=%d at %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, m, rval, file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return rval;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* _mtx_lock_sleep: the tougher part of acquiring an MTX_DEF lock.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* We call this if the lock is either contested (i.e. we need to go to
|
|
|
|
* sleep waiting for it), or if we need to recurse on it.
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
_mtx_lock_sleep(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
struct proc *p = curproc;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_lock & MTX_FLAGMASK) == (uintptr_t)p) {
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_recurse++;
|
|
|
|
atomic_set_ptr(&m->mtx_lock, MTX_RECURSED);
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_lock_sleep: %p recursing", m);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR3(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_lock_sleep: %p contested (lock=%p) [%p]",
|
|
|
|
m, (void *)m->mtx_lock, (void *)RETIP(m));
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Save our priority. Even though p_nativepri is protected by
|
|
|
|
* sched_lock, we don't obtain it here as it can be expensive.
|
|
|
|
* Since this is the only place p_nativepri is set, and since two
|
|
|
|
* CPUs will not be executing the same process concurrently, we know
|
|
|
|
* that no other CPU is going to be messing with this. Also,
|
|
|
|
* p_nativepri is only read when we are blocked on a mutex, so that
|
|
|
|
* can't be happening right now either.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
p->p_pri.pri_native = p->p_pri.pri_level;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
while (!_obtain_lock(m, p)) {
|
|
|
|
uintptr_t v;
|
|
|
|
struct proc *p1;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Check if the lock has been released while spinning for
|
|
|
|
* the sched_lock.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if ((v = m->mtx_lock) == MTX_UNOWNED) {
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* The mutex was marked contested on release. This means that
|
|
|
|
* there are processes blocked on it.
|
2000-11-30 00:51:16 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (v == MTX_CONTESTED) {
|
|
|
|
p1 = TAILQ_FIRST(&m->mtx_blocked);
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(p1 != NULL);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_lock = (uintptr_t)p | MTX_CONTESTED;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (p1->p_pri.pri_level < p->p_pri.pri_level)
|
|
|
|
SET_PRIO(p, p1->p_pri.pri_level);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the mutex isn't already contested and a failure occurs
|
|
|
|
* setting the contested bit, the mutex was either released
|
|
|
|
* or the state of the MTX_RECURSED bit changed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if ((v & MTX_CONTESTED) == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
!atomic_cmpset_ptr(&m->mtx_lock, (void *)v,
|
|
|
|
(void *)(v | MTX_CONTESTED))) {
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We deffinately must sleep for this lock.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
mtx_assert(m, MA_NOTOWNED);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef notyet
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we're borrowing an interrupted thread's VM context, we
|
|
|
|
* must clean up before going to sleep.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (p->p_flag & (P_ITHD | P_SITHD)) {
|
|
|
|
ithd_t *it = (ithd_t *)p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (it->it_interrupted) {
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK,
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
"_mtx_lock_sleep: 0x%x interrupted 0x%x",
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
it, it->it_interrupted);
|
|
|
|
intr_thd_fixup(it);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Put us on the list of threads blocked on this mutex.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (TAILQ_EMPTY(&m->mtx_blocked)) {
|
|
|
|
p1 = (struct proc *)(m->mtx_lock & MTX_FLAGMASK);
|
|
|
|
LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&p1->p_contested, m, mtx_contested);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&m->mtx_blocked, p, p_procq);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(p1, &m->mtx_blocked, p_procq)
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (p1->p_pri.pri_level > p->p_pri.pri_level)
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (p1)
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(p1, p, p_procq);
|
|
|
|
else
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&m->mtx_blocked, p, p_procq);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Save who we're blocked on.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
p->p_blocked = m;
|
|
|
|
p->p_mtxname = m->mtx_description;
|
|
|
|
p->p_stat = SMTX;
|
|
|
|
propagate_priority(p);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR3(KTR_LOCK,
|
|
|
|
"_mtx_lock_sleep: p %p blocked on [%p] %s", p, m,
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mi_switch();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR3(KTR_LOCK,
|
|
|
|
"_mtx_lock_sleep: p %p free from blocked on [%p] %s",
|
|
|
|
p, m, m->mtx_description);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* _mtx_lock_spin: the tougher part of acquiring an MTX_SPIN lock.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This is only called if we need to actually spin for the lock. Recursion
|
|
|
|
* is handled inline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
_mtx_lock_spin(struct mtx *m, int opts, u_int mtx_intr, const char *file,
|
|
|
|
int line)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
2001-02-11 02:54:16 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_lock_spin: %p spinning", m);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (;;) {
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (_obtain_lock(m, curproc))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (m->mtx_lock != MTX_UNOWNED) {
|
|
|
|
if (i++ < 1000000)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (i++ < 6000000)
|
|
|
|
DELAY(1);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DDB
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (!db_active)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("spin lock %s held by %p for > 5 seconds",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, (void *)m->mtx_lock);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_saveintr = mtx_intr;
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_lock_spin: %p spin done", m);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* _mtx_unlock_sleep: the tougher part of releasing an MTX_DEF lock.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* We are only called here if the lock is recursed or contested (i.e. we
|
|
|
|
* need to wake up a blocked thread).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
_mtx_unlock_sleep(struct mtx *m, int opts, const char *file, int line)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct proc *p, *p1;
|
|
|
|
struct mtx *m1;
|
|
|
|
int pri;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
p = curproc;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS4(mtx_owned(m), "mtx_owned(mpp)", file, line);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed(m)) {
|
|
|
|
if (--(m->mtx_recurse) == 0)
|
|
|
|
atomic_clear_ptr(&m->mtx_lock, MTX_RECURSED);
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p unrecurse", m);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p contested", m);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p1 = TAILQ_FIRST(&m->mtx_blocked);
|
|
|
|
MPASS(p->p_magic == P_MAGIC);
|
|
|
|
MPASS(p1->p_magic == P_MAGIC);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&m->mtx_blocked, p1, p_procq);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TAILQ_EMPTY(&m->mtx_blocked)) {
|
|
|
|
LIST_REMOVE(m, mtx_contested);
|
|
|
|
_release_lock_quick(m);
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR1(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p not held", m);
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
atomic_store_rel_ptr(&m->mtx_lock, (void *)MTX_CONTESTED);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
pri = PRI_MAX;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_FOREACH(m1, &p->p_contested, mtx_contested) {
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
int cp = TAILQ_FIRST(&m1->mtx_blocked)->p_pri.pri_level;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (cp < pri)
|
|
|
|
pri = cp;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pri > p->p_pri.pri_native)
|
|
|
|
pri = p->p_pri.pri_native;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
SET_PRIO(p, pri);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p contested setrunqueue %p",
|
|
|
|
m, p1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p1->p_blocked = NULL;
|
|
|
|
p1->p_mtxname = NULL;
|
|
|
|
p1->p_stat = SRUN;
|
|
|
|
setrunqueue(p1);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 00:20:08 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_NOSWITCH) == 0 && p1->p_pri.pri_level < pri) {
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef notyet
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (p->p_flag & (P_ITHD | P_SITHD)) {
|
|
|
|
ithd_t *it = (ithd_t *)p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (it->it_interrupted) {
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK,
|
|
|
|
"_mtx_unlock_sleep: 0x%x interrupted 0x%x",
|
|
|
|
it, it->it_interrupted);
|
|
|
|
intr_thd_fixup(it);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
setrunqueue(p);
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK,
|
|
|
|
"_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p switching out lock=%p", m,
|
|
|
|
(void *)m->mtx_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mi_switch();
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK, "_mtx_unlock_sleep: %p resuming lock=%p",
|
|
|
|
m, (void *)m->mtx_lock);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin(&sched_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* All the unlocking of MTX_SPIN locks is done inline.
|
|
|
|
* See the _rel_spin_lock() macro for the details.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The INVARIANTS-enabled mtx_assert()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INVARIANTS
|
|
|
|
void
|
2001-01-22 05:56:55 +00:00
|
|
|
_mtx_assert(struct mtx *m, int what, const char *file, int line)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
switch ((what)) {
|
|
|
|
case MA_OWNED:
|
|
|
|
case MA_OWNED | MA_RECURSED:
|
|
|
|
case MA_OWNED | MA_NOTRECURSED:
|
|
|
|
if (!mtx_owned((m)))
|
|
|
|
panic("mutex %s not owned at %s:%d",
|
2001-01-22 05:56:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(m)->mtx_description, file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed((m))) {
|
|
|
|
if (((what) & MA_NOTRECURSED) != 0)
|
|
|
|
panic("mutex %s recursed at %s:%d",
|
2001-01-22 05:56:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(m)->mtx_description, file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (((what) & MA_RECURSED) != 0) {
|
|
|
|
panic("mutex %s unrecursed at %s:%d",
|
2001-01-22 05:56:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(m)->mtx_description, file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case MA_NOTOWNED:
|
|
|
|
if (mtx_owned((m)))
|
|
|
|
panic("mutex %s owned at %s:%d",
|
2001-01-22 05:56:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(m)->mtx_description, file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2001-01-22 05:56:55 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("unknown mtx_assert at %s:%d", file, line);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The MUTEX_DEBUG-enabled mtx_validate()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#define MV_DESTROY 0 /* validate before destory */
|
|
|
|
#define MV_INIT 1 /* validate before init */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MUTEX_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int mtx_validate __P((struct mtx *, int));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
mtx_validate(struct mtx *m, int when)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct mtx *mp;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
int retval = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
|
|
|
if (witness_cold)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m == &all_mtx || cold)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock(&all_mtx);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX - When kernacc() is fixed on the alpha to handle K0_SEG memory properly
|
|
|
|
* we can re-enable the kernacc() checks.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifndef __alpha__
|
|
|
|
MPASS(kernacc((caddr_t)all_mtx.mtx_next, sizeof(uintptr_t),
|
|
|
|
VM_PROT_READ) == 1);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
MPASS(all_mtx.mtx_next->mtx_prev == &all_mtx);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0, mp = all_mtx.mtx_next; mp != &all_mtx; mp = mp->mtx_next) {
|
|
|
|
#ifndef __alpha__
|
|
|
|
if (kernacc((caddr_t)mp->mtx_next, sizeof(uintptr_t),
|
|
|
|
VM_PROT_READ) != 1) {
|
|
|
|
panic("mtx_validate: mp=%p mp->mtx_next=%p",
|
|
|
|
mp, mp->mtx_next);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
if (i > mtx_cur_cnt) {
|
|
|
|
panic("mtx_validate: too many in chain, known=%d\n",
|
|
|
|
mtx_cur_cnt);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MPASS(i == mtx_cur_cnt);
|
|
|
|
switch (when) {
|
|
|
|
case MV_DESTROY:
|
|
|
|
for (mp = all_mtx.mtx_next; mp != &all_mtx; mp = mp->mtx_next)
|
|
|
|
if (mp == m)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
MPASS(mp == m);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case MV_INIT:
|
|
|
|
for (mp = all_mtx.mtx_next; mp != &all_mtx; mp = mp->mtx_next)
|
|
|
|
if (mp == m) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Not good. This mutex already exists.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
printf("re-initing existing mutex %s\n",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description);
|
|
|
|
MPASS(m->mtx_lock == MTX_UNOWNED);
|
|
|
|
retval = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock(&all_mtx);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
return (retval);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mutex initialization routine; initialize lock `m' of type contained in
|
|
|
|
* `opts' with options contained in `opts' and description `description.'
|
|
|
|
* Place on "all_mtx" queue.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_init(struct mtx *m, const char *description, int opts)
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((opts & MTX_QUIET) == 0)
|
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK, "mtx_init %p (%s)", m, description);
|
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MUTEX_DEBUG
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Diagnostic and error correction */
|
|
|
|
if (mtx_validate(m, MV_INIT))
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2000-12-01 00:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bzero((void *)m, sizeof *m);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INIT(&m->mtx_blocked);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-12-01 00:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!witness_cold) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_debug = malloc(sizeof(struct mtx_debug),
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
M_WITNESS, M_NOWAIT | M_ZERO);
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(m->mtx_debug != NULL);
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_description = description;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_flags = opts;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_lock = MTX_UNOWNED;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Put on all mutex queue */
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock(&all_mtx);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_next = &all_mtx;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_prev = all_mtx.mtx_prev;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_prev->mtx_next = m;
|
|
|
|
all_mtx.mtx_prev = m;
|
|
|
|
if (++mtx_cur_cnt > mtx_max_cnt)
|
|
|
|
mtx_max_cnt = mtx_cur_cnt;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock(&all_mtx);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
|
|
|
if (!witness_cold)
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_init(m, opts);
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remove lock `m' from all_mtx queue.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
mtx_destroy(struct mtx *m)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: Cannot destroy while still cold\n",
|
|
|
|
__FUNCTION__));
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
CTR2(KTR_LOCK, "mtx_destroy %p (%s)", m, m->mtx_description);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MUTEX_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
if (m->mtx_next == NULL)
|
|
|
|
panic("mtx_destroy: %p (%s) already destroyed",
|
|
|
|
m, m->mtx_description);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!mtx_owned(m)) {
|
|
|
|
MPASS(m->mtx_lock == MTX_UNOWNED);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS((m->mtx_lock & (MTX_RECURSED|MTX_CONTESTED)) == 0);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* diagnostic */
|
|
|
|
mtx_validate(m, MV_DESTROY);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
|
|
|
if (m->mtx_witness)
|
|
|
|
witness_destroy(m);
|
|
|
|
#endif /* WITNESS */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Remove from the all mutex queue */
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock(&all_mtx);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_next->mtx_prev = m->mtx_prev;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_prev->mtx_next = m->mtx_next;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MUTEX_DEBUG
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_next = m->mtx_prev = NULL;
|
2000-12-01 00:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-12-01 00:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
free(m->mtx_debug, M_WITNESS);
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_debug = NULL;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_cur_cnt--;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock(&all_mtx);
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* The WITNESS-enabled diagnostic code.
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
witness_fixup(void *dummy __unused)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct mtx *mp;
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We have to release Giant before initializing its witness
|
|
|
|
* structure so that WITNESS doesn't get confused.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock(&Giant);
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_assert(&Giant, MA_NOTOWNED);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mtx_lock(&all_mtx);
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Iterate through all mutexes and finish up mutex initialization. */
|
|
|
|
for (mp = all_mtx.mtx_next; mp != &all_mtx; mp = mp->mtx_next) {
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
mp->mtx_debug = malloc(sizeof(struct mtx_debug),
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
M_WITNESS, M_NOWAIT | M_ZERO);
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(mp->mtx_debug != NULL);
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
witness_init(mp, mp->mtx_flags);
|
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock(&all_mtx);
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mark the witness code as being ready for use. */
|
|
|
|
atomic_store_rel_int(&witness_cold, 0);
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock(&Giant);
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SYSINIT(wtnsfxup, SI_SUB_MUTEX, SI_ORDER_FIRST, witness_fixup, NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#define WITNESS_COUNT 200
|
|
|
|
#define WITNESS_NCHILDREN 2
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-20 21:58:11 +00:00
|
|
|
int witness_watch = 1;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness {
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w_next;
|
2000-10-20 22:45:01 +00:00
|
|
|
const char *w_description;
|
2000-09-08 21:48:06 +00:00
|
|
|
const char *w_file;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
int w_line;
|
|
|
|
struct witness *w_morechildren;
|
|
|
|
u_char w_childcnt;
|
|
|
|
u_char w_Giant_squawked:1;
|
|
|
|
u_char w_other_squawked:1;
|
|
|
|
u_char w_same_squawked:1;
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
u_char w_spin:1; /* MTX_SPIN type mutex. */
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
u_int w_level;
|
|
|
|
struct witness *w_children[WITNESS_NCHILDREN];
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness_blessed {
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
char *b_lock1;
|
|
|
|
char *b_lock2;
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DDB
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
* When DDB is enabled and witness_ddb is set to 1, it will cause the system to
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
* drop into kdebug() when:
|
|
|
|
* - a lock heirarchy violation occurs
|
|
|
|
* - locks are held when going to sleep.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
int witness_ddb;
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS_DDB
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
TUNABLE_INT_DECL("debug.witness_ddb", 1, witness_ddb);
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
TUNABLE_INT_DECL("debug.witness_ddb", 0, witness_ddb);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, witness_ddb, CTLFLAG_RW, &witness_ddb, 0, "");
|
|
|
|
#endif /* DDB */
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
int witness_skipspin;
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef WITNESS_SKIPSPIN
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
TUNABLE_INT_DECL("debug.witness_skipspin", 1, witness_skipspin);
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
TUNABLE_INT_DECL("debug.witness_skipspin", 0, witness_skipspin);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, witness_skipspin, CTLFLAG_RD, &witness_skipspin, 0,
|
|
|
|
"");
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Witness-enabled globals
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct mtx w_mtx;
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct witness *w_free;
|
|
|
|
static struct witness *w_all;
|
|
|
|
static int w_inited;
|
|
|
|
static int witness_dead; /* fatal error, probably no memory */
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct witness w_data[WITNESS_COUNT];
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Internal witness routine prototypes
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static struct witness *enroll(const char *description, int flag);
|
|
|
|
static int itismychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
|
|
|
|
static void removechild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
|
|
|
|
static int isitmychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
|
|
|
|
static int isitmydescendant(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
|
|
|
|
static int dup_ok(struct witness *);
|
|
|
|
static int blessed(struct witness *, struct witness *);
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
witness_displaydescendants(void(*)(const char *fmt, ...), struct witness *);
|
|
|
|
static void witness_leveldescendents(struct witness *parent, int level);
|
|
|
|
static void witness_levelall(void);
|
|
|
|
static struct witness * witness_get(void);
|
|
|
|
static void witness_free(struct witness *m);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char *ignore_list[] = {
|
|
|
|
"witness lock",
|
|
|
|
NULL
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char *spin_order_list[] = {
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(__i386__) && defined (SMP)
|
|
|
|
"com",
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
"sio",
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __i386__
|
|
|
|
"cy",
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-02-22 02:12:54 +00:00
|
|
|
"ithread table lock",
|
|
|
|
"ithread list lock",
|
2000-11-29 18:38:14 +00:00
|
|
|
"sched lock",
|
2000-11-16 02:16:44 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __i386__
|
|
|
|
"clk",
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2000-11-19 06:02:32 +00:00
|
|
|
"callout",
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* leaf locks
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef SMP
|
2001-01-24 12:35:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __i386__
|
|
|
|
"ap boot",
|
|
|
|
"imen",
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
"smp rendezvous",
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
NULL
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char *order_list[] = {
|
2001-02-09 20:52:02 +00:00
|
|
|
"Giant", "proctree", "allproc", "process lock", "uidinfo hash",
|
|
|
|
"uidinfo struct", NULL,
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
NULL
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char *dup_list[] = {
|
|
|
|
NULL
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char *sleep_list[] = {
|
2000-11-17 18:09:18 +00:00
|
|
|
"Giant",
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
NULL
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Pairs of locks which have been blessed
|
|
|
|
* Don't complain about order problems with blessed locks
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct witness_blessed blessed_list[] = {
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
static int blessed_count =
|
|
|
|
sizeof(blessed_list) / sizeof(struct witness_blessed);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_init(struct mtx *m, int flag)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_witness = enroll(m->mtx_description, flag);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_destroy(struct mtx *m)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mtx *m1;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
struct proc *p;
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
p = curproc;
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_FOREACH(m1, &p->p_heldmtx, mtx_held) {
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m1 == m) {
|
|
|
|
LIST_REMOVE(m, mtx_held);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
witness_display(void(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct witness *w, *w1;
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
int level, found;
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold\n", __FUNCTION__));
|
|
|
|
witness_levelall();
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* First, handle sleep mutexes which have been acquired at least
|
|
|
|
* once.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
prnt("Sleep mutexes:\n");
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
for (w = w_all; w; w = w->w_next) {
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (w->w_file == NULL || w->w_spin)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
for (w1 = w_all; w1; w1 = w1->w_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (isitmychild(w1, w))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (w1 != NULL)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This lock has no anscestors, display its descendants.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
witness_displaydescendants(prnt, w);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Now do spin mutexes which have been acquired at least once.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
prnt("\nSpin mutexes:\n");
|
|
|
|
level = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (level < sizeof(spin_order_list) / sizeof(char *)) {
|
|
|
|
found = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (w = w_all; w; w = w->w_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (w->w_file == NULL || !w->w_spin)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (w->w_level == 1 << level) {
|
|
|
|
witness_displaydescendants(prnt, w);
|
|
|
|
level++;
|
|
|
|
found = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (found == 0)
|
|
|
|
level++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Finally, any mutexes which have not been acquired yet.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
prnt("\nMutexes which were never acquired:\n");
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
for (w = w_all; w; w = w->w_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (w->w_file != NULL)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
prnt("%s\n", w->w_description);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_enter(struct mtx *m, int flags, const char *file, int line)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w, *w1;
|
|
|
|
struct mtx *m1;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
struct proc *p;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DDB
|
|
|
|
int go_into_ddb = 0;
|
|
|
|
#endif /* DDB */
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (witness_cold || m->mtx_witness == NULL || panicstr)
|
2000-12-13 21:53:42 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
w = m->mtx_witness;
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
p = curproc;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags & MTX_SPIN) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_SPIN) == 0)
|
2000-09-09 23:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_enter: MTX_SPIN on MTX_DEF mutex %s @"
|
|
|
|
" %s:%d", m->mtx_description, file, line);
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed(m)) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_RECURSE) == 0)
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_enter: recursion on non-recursive"
|
|
|
|
" mutex %s @ %s:%d", m->mtx_description,
|
|
|
|
file, line);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2001-01-10 04:43:51 +00:00
|
|
|
i = PCPU_GET(witness_spin_check);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (i != 0 && w->w_level < i) {
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-09 23:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_enter(%s:%x, MTX_SPIN) out of order @"
|
|
|
|
" %s:%d already holding %s:%x",
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, w->w_level, file, line,
|
|
|
|
spin_order_list[ffs(i)-1], i);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PCPU_SET(witness_spin_check, i | w->w_level);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-11-29 18:37:01 +00:00
|
|
|
w->w_file = file;
|
|
|
|
w->w_line = line;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_line = line;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_file = file;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_SPIN) != 0)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_enter: MTX_DEF on MTX_SPIN mutex %s @ %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, file, line);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed(m)) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_RECURSE) == 0)
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_enter: recursion on non-recursive"
|
|
|
|
" mutex %s @ %s:%d", m->mtx_description,
|
|
|
|
file, line);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (witness_dead)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
2000-12-13 21:53:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (cold)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!mtx_legal2block())
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("blockable mtx_lock() of %s when not legal @ %s:%d",
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, file, line);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Is this the first mutex acquired
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if ((m1 = LIST_FIRST(&p->p_heldmtx)) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((w1 = m1->mtx_witness) == w) {
|
|
|
|
if (w->w_same_squawked || dup_ok(w))
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
w->w_same_squawked = 1;
|
|
|
|
printf("acquring duplicate lock of same type: \"%s\"\n",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description);
|
|
|
|
printf(" 1st @ %s:%d\n", w->w_file, w->w_line);
|
|
|
|
printf(" 2nd @ %s:%d\n", file, line);
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DDB
|
|
|
|
go_into_ddb = 1;
|
|
|
|
#endif /* DDB */
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MPASS(!mtx_owned(&w_mtx));
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we have a known higher number just say ok
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (witness_watch > 1 && w->w_level > w1->w_level) {
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isitmydescendant(m1->mtx_witness, w)) {
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; m1 != NULL; m1 = LIST_NEXT(m1, mtx_held), i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(i < 200);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
w1 = m1->mtx_witness;
|
|
|
|
if (isitmydescendant(w, w1)) {
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (blessed(w, w1))
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
if (m1 == &Giant) {
|
|
|
|
if (w1->w_Giant_squawked)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
w1->w_Giant_squawked = 1;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if (w1->w_other_squawked)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
w1->w_other_squawked = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
printf("lock order reversal\n");
|
|
|
|
printf(" 1st %s last acquired @ %s:%d\n",
|
|
|
|
w->w_description, w->w_file, w->w_line);
|
|
|
|
printf(" 2nd %p %s @ %s:%d\n",
|
|
|
|
m1, w1->w_description, w1->w_file, w1->w_line);
|
|
|
|
printf(" 3rd %p %s @ %s:%d\n",
|
|
|
|
m, w->w_description, file, line);
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DDB
|
|
|
|
go_into_ddb = 1;
|
|
|
|
#endif /* DDB */
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m1 = LIST_FIRST(&p->p_heldmtx);
|
|
|
|
if (!itismychild(m1->mtx_witness, w))
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DDB
|
|
|
|
if (witness_ddb && go_into_ddb)
|
|
|
|
Debugger("witness_enter");
|
|
|
|
#endif /* DDB */
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
w->w_file = file;
|
|
|
|
w->w_line = line;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_line = line;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_file = file;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2000-11-10 21:21:20 +00:00
|
|
|
* If this pays off it likely means that a mutex being witnessed
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
* is acquired in hardclock. Put it in the ignore list. It is
|
|
|
|
* likely not the mutex this assert fails on.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(m->mtx_held.le_prev == NULL);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&p->p_heldmtx, (struct mtx*)m, mtx_held);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_try_enter(struct mtx *m, int flags, const char *file, int line)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct proc *p;
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w = m->mtx_witness;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
if (witness_cold)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2000-12-13 21:53:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (panicstr)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (flags & MTX_SPIN) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_SPIN) == 0)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_try_enter: "
|
|
|
|
"MTX_SPIN on MTX_DEF mutex %s @ %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, file, line);
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed(m)) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_RECURSE) == 0)
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_try_enter: recursion on"
|
|
|
|
" non-recursive mutex %s @ %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, file, line);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2001-01-10 04:43:51 +00:00
|
|
|
PCPU_SET(witness_spin_check,
|
|
|
|
PCPU_GET(witness_spin_check) | w->w_level);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-11-29 18:37:01 +00:00
|
|
|
w->w_file = file;
|
|
|
|
w->w_line = line;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_line = line;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_file = file;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_SPIN) != 0)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_try_enter: MTX_DEF on MTX_SPIN mutex %s @ %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, file, line);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed(m)) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_RECURSE) == 0)
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_try_enter: recursion on non-recursive"
|
|
|
|
" mutex %s @ %s:%d", m->mtx_description, file,
|
|
|
|
line);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
w->w_file = file;
|
|
|
|
w->w_line = line;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_line = line;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_file = file;
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
p = curproc;
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(m->mtx_held.le_prev == NULL);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&p->p_heldmtx, (struct mtx*)m, mtx_held);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_exit(struct mtx *m, int flags, const char *file, int line)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (witness_cold || m->mtx_witness == NULL || panicstr)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
w = m->mtx_witness;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (flags & MTX_SPIN) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_SPIN) == 0)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_exit: MTX_SPIN on MTX_DEF mutex %s @"
|
|
|
|
" %s:%d", m->mtx_description, file, line);
|
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed(m)) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_RECURSE) == 0)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_exit: recursion on non-recursive"
|
|
|
|
" mutex %s @ %s:%d", m->mtx_description,
|
|
|
|
file, line);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
PCPU_SET(witness_spin_check,
|
|
|
|
PCPU_GET(witness_spin_check) & ~w->w_level);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_SPIN) != 0)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_exit: MTX_DEF on MTX_SPIN mutex %s @ %s:%d",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, file, line);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mtx_recursed(m)) {
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m->mtx_flags & MTX_RECURSE) == 0)
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("mutex_exit: recursion on non-recursive"
|
|
|
|
" mutex %s @ %s:%d", m->mtx_description,
|
|
|
|
file, line);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & MTX_NOSWITCH) == 0 && !mtx_legal2block() && !cold)
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
panic("switchable mtx_unlock() of %s when not legal @ %s:%d",
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, file, line);
|
|
|
|
LIST_REMOVE(m, mtx_held);
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_held.le_prev = NULL;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_sleep(int check_only, struct mtx *mtx, const char *file, int line)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mtx *m;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
struct proc *p;
|
|
|
|
char **sleep;
|
|
|
|
int n = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold\n", __FUNCTION__));
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
p = curproc;
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_FOREACH(m, &p->p_heldmtx, mtx_held) {
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m == mtx)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
for (sleep = sleep_list; *sleep!= NULL; sleep++)
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(m->mtx_description, *sleep) == 0)
|
|
|
|
goto next;
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
|
|
printf("Whee!\n");
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
printf("%s:%d: %s with \"%s\" locked from %s:%d\n",
|
|
|
|
file, line, check_only ? "could sleep" : "sleeping",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description,
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_witness->w_file, m->mtx_witness->w_line);
|
|
|
|
n++;
|
|
|
|
next:
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DDB
|
|
|
|
if (witness_ddb && n)
|
|
|
|
Debugger("witness_sleep");
|
|
|
|
#endif /* DDB */
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return (n);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct witness *
|
2000-10-20 22:45:01 +00:00
|
|
|
enroll(const char *description, int flag)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w, *w1;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
char **ignore;
|
|
|
|
char **order;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!witness_watch)
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
for (ignore = ignore_list; *ignore != NULL; ignore++)
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(description, *ignore) == 0)
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (w_inited == 0) {
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_init(&w_mtx, "witness lock", MTX_SPIN);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < WITNESS_COUNT; i++) {
|
|
|
|
w = &w_data[i];
|
|
|
|
witness_free(w);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
w_inited = 1;
|
|
|
|
for (order = order_list; *order != NULL; order++) {
|
|
|
|
w = enroll(*order, MTX_DEF);
|
|
|
|
w->w_file = "order list";
|
|
|
|
for (order++; *order != NULL; order++) {
|
|
|
|
w1 = enroll(*order, MTX_DEF);
|
|
|
|
w1->w_file = "order list";
|
|
|
|
itismychild(w, w1);
|
|
|
|
w = w1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((flag & MTX_SPIN) && witness_skipspin)
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_lock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (w = w_all; w; w = w->w_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(description, w->w_description) == 0) {
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return (w);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((w = witness_get()) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
w->w_next = w_all;
|
|
|
|
w_all = w;
|
|
|
|
w->w_description = description;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (flag & MTX_SPIN) {
|
|
|
|
w->w_spin = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = 1;
|
|
|
|
for (order = spin_order_list; *order != NULL; order++) {
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(description, *order) == 0)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
i <<= 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*order == NULL)
|
|
|
|
panic("spin lock %s not in order list", description);
|
|
|
|
w->w_level = i;
|
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return (w);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
itismychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
static int recursed;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Insert "child" after "parent"
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
while (parent->w_morechildren)
|
|
|
|
parent = parent->w_morechildren;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parent->w_childcnt == WITNESS_NCHILDREN) {
|
|
|
|
if ((parent->w_morechildren = witness_get()) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
parent = parent->w_morechildren;
|
|
|
|
}
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(child != NULL);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
parent->w_children[parent->w_childcnt++] = child;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* now prune whole tree
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (recursed)
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
recursed = 1;
|
|
|
|
for (child = w_all; child != NULL; child = child->w_next) {
|
|
|
|
for (parent = w_all; parent != NULL;
|
|
|
|
parent = parent->w_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (!isitmychild(parent, child))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
removechild(parent, child);
|
|
|
|
if (isitmydescendant(parent, child))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
itismychild(parent, child);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
recursed = 0;
|
|
|
|
witness_levelall();
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
removechild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w, *w1;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (w = parent; w != NULL; w = w->w_morechildren)
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < w->w_childcnt; i++)
|
|
|
|
if (w->w_children[i] == child)
|
|
|
|
goto found;
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
found:
|
|
|
|
for (w1 = w; w1->w_morechildren != NULL; w1 = w1->w_morechildren)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
w->w_children[i] = w1->w_children[--w1->w_childcnt];
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(w->w_children[i] != NULL);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (w1->w_childcnt != 0)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (w1 == parent)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
for (w = parent; w->w_morechildren != w1; w = w->w_morechildren)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
w->w_morechildren = 0;
|
|
|
|
witness_free(w1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
isitmychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (w = parent; w != NULL; w = w->w_morechildren) {
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < w->w_childcnt; i++) {
|
|
|
|
if (w->w_children[i] == child)
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
isitmydescendant(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0, w = parent; w != NULL; w = w->w_morechildren, j++) {
|
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly
reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions
of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly
macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex
micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86
platform #ifndef I386_CPU.
- Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code,
mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers
to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the
mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to
MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code.
- Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate
seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes
that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes
are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new
flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish,
but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is
now the same size with and without mutex debugging code.
- Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic
operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs
to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean
up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function
calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call.
- Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying
to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release
Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the
code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when
we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling
mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
|
|
|
MPASS(j < 1000);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < w->w_childcnt; i++) {
|
|
|
|
if (w->w_children[i] == child)
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < w->w_childcnt; i++) {
|
|
|
|
if (isitmydescendant(w->w_children[i], child))
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
witness_levelall (void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w, *w1;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (w = w_all; w; w = w->w_next)
|
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!(w->w_spin))
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
w->w_level = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (w = w_all; w; w = w->w_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (w->w_spin)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
for (w1 = w_all; w1; w1 = w1->w_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (isitmychild(w1, w))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (w1 != NULL)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
witness_leveldescendents(w, 0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_leveldescendents(struct witness *parent, int level)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (parent->w_level < level)
|
|
|
|
parent->w_level = level;
|
|
|
|
level++;
|
|
|
|
for (w = parent; w != NULL; w = w->w_morechildren)
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < w->w_childcnt; i++)
|
|
|
|
witness_leveldescendents(w->w_children[i], level);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_displaydescendants(void(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...),
|
|
|
|
struct witness *parent)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
int i;
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
int level;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
level = parent->w_spin ? ffs(parent->w_level) : parent->w_level;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prnt("%d", level);
|
|
|
|
if (level < 10)
|
|
|
|
prnt(" ");
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < level; i++)
|
|
|
|
prnt(" ");
|
|
|
|
prnt("%s", parent->w_description);
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (parent->w_file != NULL)
|
|
|
|
prnt(" -- last acquired @ %s:%d\n", parent->w_file,
|
|
|
|
parent->w_line);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (w = parent; w != NULL; w = w->w_morechildren)
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < w->w_childcnt; i++)
|
|
|
|
witness_displaydescendants(prnt, w->w_children[i]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
dup_ok(struct witness *w)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
char **dup;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (dup = dup_list; *dup!= NULL; dup++)
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(w->w_description, *dup) == 0)
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
blessed(struct witness *w1, struct witness *w2)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness_blessed *b;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < blessed_count; i++) {
|
|
|
|
b = &blessed_list[i];
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(w1->w_description, b->b_lock1) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(w2->w_description, b->b_lock2) == 0)
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(w1->w_description, b->b_lock2) == 0)
|
|
|
|
if (strcmp(w2->w_description, b->b_lock1) == 0)
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct witness *
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_get()
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct witness *w;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((w = w_free) == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
witness_dead = 1;
|
Change and clean the mutex lock interface.
mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes:
mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks)
mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized)
similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have:
mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN.
We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks
because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this
makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the
extra `type' argument.
The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea
that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind.
Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the
lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two:
MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH
The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed
to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers:
mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and
mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN
locks, respectively.
Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only
inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code
fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and
actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change
has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks
and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used
(i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce
function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we
inline recursion for this case.
Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using
the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared
if WITNESS is enabled.
Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the
"optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN
and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently
need those.
Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code.
Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_unlock_spin_flags(&w_mtx, MTX_QUIET);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
printf("witness exhausted\n");
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
w_free = w->w_next;
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero(w, sizeof(*w));
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
return (w);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_free(struct witness *w)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
w->w_next = w_free;
|
|
|
|
w_free = w;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-12 01:14:32 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_list(struct proc *p)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mtx *m;
|
2000-12-12 01:14:32 +00:00
|
|
|
int nheld;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold\n", __FUNCTION__));
|
2000-12-12 01:14:32 +00:00
|
|
|
nheld = 0;
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_FOREACH(m, &p->p_heldmtx, mtx_held) {
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
printf("\t\"%s\" (%p) locked at %s:%d\n",
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_description, m,
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_witness->w_file, m->mtx_witness->w_line);
|
2000-12-12 01:14:32 +00:00
|
|
|
nheld++;
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-12-12 01:14:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (nheld);
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-27 07:51:34 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DDB
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_SHOW_COMMAND(mutexes, db_witness_list)
|
2001-01-27 07:51:34 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_list(curproc);
|
2001-01-27 07:51:34 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
|
|
|
DB_SHOW_COMMAND(witness, db_witness_display)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
witness_display(db_printf);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-01-27 07:51:34 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_save(struct mtx *m, const char **filep, int *linep)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold\n", __FUNCTION__));
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m->mtx_witness == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
*filep = m->mtx_witness->w_file;
|
|
|
|
*linep = m->mtx_witness->w_line;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
witness_restore(struct mtx *m, const char *file, int line)
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold\n", __FUNCTION__));
|
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m->mtx_witness == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
|
|
|
m->mtx_witness->w_file = file;
|
|
|
|
m->mtx_witness->w_line = line;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-12-01 00:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif /* WITNESS */
|